LLVM 24.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75enum class ExceptionHandling : int;
76class FastISel;
78class GlobalValue;
79class Loop;
81class IntrinsicInst;
82class IRBuilderBase;
83struct KnownBits;
84class LLVMContext;
86class MachineFunction;
87class MachineInstr;
89class MachineLoop;
91class MCContext;
92class MCExpr;
93class Module;
96class TargetMachine;
97class MCRegisterClass;
101class Value;
102class VPIntrinsic;
103
104namespace Sched {
105
107 None, // No preference
108 Source, // Follow source order.
109 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
110 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
111 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
112 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
113 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
114 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
115 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
116};
117
118} // end namespace Sched
119
120// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
121struct MemOp {
122private:
123 enum class MemOpKind {
124 Memset,
125 MemsetWithZero, // memset the memory with zeros
126 Memcpy, // copy memory from source to destination, source and destination do
127 // not overlap
128 MemcpyStrSrc, // memcpy source is an in-register constant, so it does not
129 // need to be loaded
130 Memmove, // memmove: like memcpy, but source and destination regions may
131 // overlap
132 };
133
134 // Shared
135 uint64_t Size;
136 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
137 // constraint.
138 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
139
140 bool IsVolatile;
141 MemOpKind Kind;
142 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
143 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
144public:
145 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
146 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
147 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
148 MemOp Op;
149 Op.Size = Size;
150 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
151 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
152 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
153 Op.Kind = MemcpyStrSrc ? MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc : MemOpKind::Memcpy;
154 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
155 return Op;
156 }
157
158 static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
159 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile) {
160 MemOp Op;
161 Op.Size = Size;
162 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
163 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
164 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
165 Op.Kind = MemOpKind::Memmove;
166 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
167 return Op;
168 }
169
170 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
171 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
172 MemOp Op;
173 Op.Size = Size;
174 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
175 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
176 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
177 Op.Kind = IsZeroMemset ? MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero : MemOpKind::Memset;
178 return Op;
179 }
180
181 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
183 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
184 return DstAlign;
185 }
186 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
187 bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
188 bool isMemset() const {
189 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memset || Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero;
190 }
191 bool isMemcpy() const {
192 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memcpy || Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc;
193 }
194 bool isMemmove() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::Memmove; }
195 bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const { return isMemcpy() || isMemmove(); }
197 return isMemcpyOrMemmove() && !DstAlignCanChange;
198 }
199 bool isZeroMemset() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero; }
200 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc; }
202 assert(isMemcpyOrMemmove() && "Must be a memcpy or memmove");
203 return SrcAlign;
204 }
205 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
206 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
207 }
208 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
209 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
210 }
211 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
212 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
213 }
214};
215
216/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
217/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
219public:
220 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
221 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
223 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
224 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
225 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
226 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
227 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
228 };
229
230 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
231 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
233 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
234 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
235 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
236 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
237 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
238 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
239 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
240 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
241 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
242 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
243 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
244 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
245 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
246 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
247 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
248 // better to be widened or promoted.
249 };
250
251 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
252 /// in order to type-legalize it.
253 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
254
255 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
257 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
258 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
259 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
260 };
261
262 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
264 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
265 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
266 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
267 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
268 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
269 };
270
271 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
272 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
273 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
274 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
276 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
277 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
278 // floating-point to integer type.
279 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
280 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
281 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
282 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
283 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
284 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
285 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
286 // operations; used by X86.
287 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
288 // operations; used by X86.
289 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
290 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
291
292 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
293 // environment.
295 };
296
297 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
298 enum class MulExpansionKind {
299 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
300 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
301 // or custom.
302 };
303
304 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
305 enum class NegatibleCost {
306 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
307 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
308 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
309 };
310
311 /// Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
313 Free = 0, // Lowers to no instruction at all, e.g. a subregister copy.
314 Cheap = 1, // Lowers to at most one instruction, and may still be free if
315 // the target can fold the extract into the instruction
316 // consuming it (e.g. a widening op that reads the high half of
317 // a register).
318 Expensive = 2 // Needs a shuffle sequence that cannot be folded away.
319 };
320
321 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
322 /// (setcc ...)).
324 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
325 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
326 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
327 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
328 };
329
331 public:
334 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
336 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
338 bool IsSExt : 1;
339 bool IsZExt : 1;
340 bool IsNoExt : 1;
341 bool IsInReg : 1;
342 bool IsSRet : 1;
343 bool IsNest : 1;
344 bool IsByVal : 1;
345 bool IsByRef : 1;
346 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
348 bool IsReturned : 1;
349 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
350 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
351 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
353 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
354 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
355
362
365
367
368 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
369 };
370 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
371
373 switch (Content) {
375 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
376 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
378 // Extend by adding zero bits.
379 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
381 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
382 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
383 }
384 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
385 }
386
387 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
388 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
392
393 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
394 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
395 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
396 }
397
398protected:
399 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
400 void initActions();
401
402public:
403 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
404
405 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
406
407 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
408 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
409 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
410 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
411 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
412 }
413
414 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
415 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
416 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
417 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
418 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
419 }
420
421 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
422 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
424 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
425 }
426
427 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
428 /// address space specified through the data layout.
430 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
431 }
432
433 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
434 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
435 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
436 return getPointerTy(DL);
437 }
438
439 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
440 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
441 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
442 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
443
444 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
445 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
446 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
447 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
448 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
449
450 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
451 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
453 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
454 return ShiftValueTy;
455 }
456
457 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
458 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
459 /// pointer.
460 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
461 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
462 }
463
464 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
465 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
466 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
470
471 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
472 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
473 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
476 }
477
478 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
479 /// ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
480 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
481 /// to any larger type.
482 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
483
484 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
485 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
486 /// implementation does nothing.
490
491 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
492 /// The default implementation does nothing.
497
498 MachineMemOperand::Flags getLoadMemOperandFlags(
499 const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
500 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr,
502 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
503 const DataLayout &DL) const;
504 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
505 const DataLayout &DL) const;
507 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
508
509 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
510 return true;
511 }
512
513 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
514 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
515 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
516 return true;
517 }
518
519 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
520 bool IsScalable) const {
521 return true;
522 }
523
524 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
525 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
526 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(EVT RetVT, ElementCount EC,
527 bool ZeroIsPoison,
528 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
529
530 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
531 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
532 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
533 return true;
534 }
535
536 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
537 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
538 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
539 /// integer compare.
540 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
541 return true;
542 }
543
544 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
545 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
546 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
547 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
548 /// users. \p VT is the type of the condition value, e.g. the type of the
549 /// result of a comparison.
550 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
551
552 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
553 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
554
555 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
558 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
560 return TypeScalarizeVector;
561 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
562 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
563 return TypeWidenVector;
564 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
565 return TypePromoteInteger;
566 }
567
568 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
569 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
570 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
571 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
572 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
573
574 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
575 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
576 // them together.
577 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
578 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
579 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
580 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
581 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
582 // provided.
583 virtual bool
585 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
586 return DefinedValues < 3;
587 }
588
589 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
590 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
591 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
592 /// for speed or for size.
593 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
594
595 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
596 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
597 return true;
598 }
599
600 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
601 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
602 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
603 return false;
604 }
605
606 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
611 };
612
613 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
614 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
615 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
616 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
617 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
618
619 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
620 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
621 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
622 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
623 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
624
625 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
626 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
627 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
628 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
629 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
630
631 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
632 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
633 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
634 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
635 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
636
637 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
638 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
639
640 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
641 /// fast types
643 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
644 }
645
646 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
647 /// avoided.
648 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
649
650 // Costs parameters used by
651 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
652 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
653 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
654 // be split into two branches or left as one.
655 //
656 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
657 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
658 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
659 // they will be split.
660 //
661 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
662 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
663 //
664 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
665 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
666 //
667 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
668 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
674 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
675 // or split them into two separate branches.
676 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
677 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
678 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
679 // Arg3: The containing function.
680 virtual CondMergingParams
682 const Value *, const Function *) const {
683 // -1 will always result in splitting.
684 return {-1, -1, -1};
685 }
686
687 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
688 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
692
693 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
694 return false;
695 }
696
697 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
698 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
699 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
700 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
701 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
702 /// dag combiner.
703 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
704 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
705 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
706
707 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
708 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
709 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
710 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
711 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
712 // Default to the same logic as loads.
713 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
714 }
715
716 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
717 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
718 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
719 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
720 unsigned NumElem,
721 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
722 return IsZero;
723 }
724
725 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
726 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
727 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
728 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
729 return true;
730 }
731
732 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
733 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
734 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
735 return true;
736 }
737
738 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
739 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
740 return false;
741 }
742
743 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
744 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
745 return false;
746 }
747
748 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
749 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
750 return false;
751 }
752
753 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
754 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
755 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
756 }
757
758 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
759 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
760 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
761 return 1;
762 }
763
764 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
765 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
766 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
767
768 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
769 /// gen prepare.
770 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
771
772 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
773 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
774 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
775 return false;
776 }
777
778 /// Return if the target supports combining a
779 /// chain like:
780 /// \code
781 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
782 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
783 /// \endcode
784 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
785 /// \code
786 /// cc = test %register, #mask
787 /// \endcode
788 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
789 return false;
790 }
791
792 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
793 virtual bool
795 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
796 return true;
797 }
798
799 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
800 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
801 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
802 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
803 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
804 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
805 return false;
806 }
807
808 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
809 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
810 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
811 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
812 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
813 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
815 }
816
817 /// Return true if the target should transform:
818 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
819 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
820 ///
821 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
822 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
823 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
824 ///
825 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
826 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
827 /// predicate, for example:
828 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
829 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
830 return false;
831 }
832
833 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
834 /// X = ~A & B
835 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
836 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
837 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
838 // it has this operation too.
839 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
840 }
841
842 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
843 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
844 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
845 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
846 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
847
848 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
849 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
850 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
851 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
852 /// Return false if there is no preference.
854 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
855 return false;
856 }
857
858 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
859 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
860 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
861 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
862 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
863 return true;
864 }
865
866 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
867 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
868 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
869 /// Into it's more traditional form:
870 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
871 /// Return true if we should transform.
872 /// Return false if there is no preference.
874 unsigned KeptBits) const {
875 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
876 return false;
877 }
878
879 /// Given the pattern
880 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
881 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
882 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
883 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
884 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
885 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
888 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
889 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
890 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
891 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
892 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
893 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
894
895 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
896 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
897 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
898
899 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
900 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
901 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
902 }
903
904 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
905 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
906 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
907 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
908 return !XC;
909 }
910
911 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
912 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
913 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
914 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
915 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
916 //
917 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
918 // equals.
919 //
920 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
921 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
922 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
924 SDValue IntPow2) const {
925 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
926 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
927 }
928
929 // Given:
930 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
931 // or
932 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, CPow2))
933
934 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
935 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
936 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
937 // Note: Its only valid to convert the rotate version to the shift version iff
938 // the shift-amt (`C1`) is a power of 2 (including 0).
939 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
941 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
942 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
943 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
944 return ShiftOpc;
945 }
946
947 /// These two forms are equivalent:
948 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
949 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
950 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
951 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
952 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
953 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
954 return true;
955 }
956
957 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
958 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
959 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
960 return true;
961 }
962
963 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
964 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
965
966 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
967 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
968 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
969 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
970 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
971 return true;
972 }
973
974 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
975 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
976 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
978
979 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
980 /// Idx).
981 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
982 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
983 unsigned &Cost) const {
984 return false;
985 }
986
987 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
988 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
989 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
990 /// this is true.
992 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
993 return false;
994 }
995
996 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
997 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
998 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
999 return false;
1000 }
1001
1002 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1003 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1004 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1005 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1006
1007 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1008 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1009 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1010 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1011
1012 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1013 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1014 EVT VT) const;
1015
1016 /// Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls. Comparison libcalls include
1017 /// floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered check calls on
1018 /// floating point numbers.
1020 return MVT::i32; // return the default value
1021 }
1022
1023 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1024 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1025 ///
1026 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1027 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1028 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1029 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1030 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1031 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1032 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1033 ///
1034 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1035 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1036 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1037 if (isVec)
1038 return BooleanVectorContents;
1039 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1040 }
1041
1043 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1044 }
1045
1046 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1047 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1048 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1049 ///
1050 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1052 EVT ValVT) const {
1053 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1054 EVT BoolVT =
1055 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1057 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1058 }
1059
1060 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1062 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1063 }
1064
1065 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1066 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1067 /// the given node.
1069 return Sched::None;
1070 }
1071
1072 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1073 /// type.
1074 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1075 (void)isDivergent;
1076 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1077 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1078 return RC;
1079 }
1080
1081 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1082 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1083 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1085 const Value *) const {
1086 return false;
1087 }
1088
1089 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1090 /// type.
1091 ///
1092 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1093 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1094 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1095 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1096 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1097 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1098 return RC;
1099 }
1100
1101 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1102 /// value type.
1104 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1105 }
1106
1107 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1108 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1114 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1116 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1117 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1120 }
1121
1122 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1123 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1124 /// promotions or expansions.
1125 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1126 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1127 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1128 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1129 }
1130
1132 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1133 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1134 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1135
1136 public:
1137 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1138
1140 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1141 }
1142
1144 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1145 }
1146 };
1147
1149 return ValueTypeActions;
1150 }
1151
1152 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1153 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1154 ///
1155 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1156 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1157 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1158 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1159 ///
1160 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1161 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1162 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1163 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1164 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1165 /// integer type to transform to.
1166 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1167
1168 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1169 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1170 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1171 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1173 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1174 }
1176 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1177 }
1178
1179 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1180 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1181 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1182 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1183 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1184 /// to transform to.
1185 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1186 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1187 }
1188
1189 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1190 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1192 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1193 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1194 VT = LegalVT;
1195 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1196 }
1197 return LegalVT;
1198 }
1199
1200 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1201 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1202 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1203 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1204 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1205 assert(!VT.isVector());
1206 while (true) {
1207 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1208 case TypeLegal:
1209 return VT;
1210 case TypeExpandInteger:
1211 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1212 break;
1213 default:
1214 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1215 }
1216 }
1217 }
1218
1219 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1220 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1221 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1222 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1223 ///
1224 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1225 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1226 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1228 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1229 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1230 MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1231 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1232 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1233 /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1234 }
1235
1236 /// Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken
1237 /// down into legal vector parts instead of scalars for internal values.
1239 return false;
1240 }
1241
1242 bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const {
1243 return preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() && !ForCallingConv &&
1244 VT.isFixedLengthVector() &&
1246 }
1247
1248 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1249 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1250 /// vector type is legal.
1252 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1253 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1254 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1255 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1256 /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1257 }
1258
1260 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1261 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1262
1263 // value representing memory location
1265
1266 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1267 // unknown address space.
1268 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1269
1270 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1271 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1272 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1273 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1274
1279 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1280 };
1281
1282 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1283 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1284 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1285 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1286 /// access multiple memory locations.
1288 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1289 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1290
1291 /// Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP
1292 /// immediate natively. If false, the legalizer will materialize the FP
1293 /// immediate as a load from a constant pool.
1294 virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1295 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1296 return false;
1297 }
1298
1299 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1300 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1301 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1302 /// legal.
1303 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1304 return true;
1305 }
1306
1307 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1308 ///
1309 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1310 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1311 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1312
1313 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1314 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1315 /// constant pool entry.
1317 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1318 return false;
1319 }
1320
1321 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1323 return Legal;
1324 }
1325
1326 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1327 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1328 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1330 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1331 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1332 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1333 return Custom;
1334 if (VT.isExtended())
1335 return Expand;
1336 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1337 }
1338
1339 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1340 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1341 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1342 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1343 unsigned Scale) const {
1344 return false;
1345 }
1346
1347 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1348 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1349 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1350 /// depend on scale.
1352 unsigned Scale) const {
1353 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1354 if (Action != Legal)
1355 return Action;
1356
1357 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1358 // scales.
1359 bool Supported;
1360 switch (Op) {
1361 default:
1362 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1363 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1364 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1365 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1366 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1367 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1368 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1369 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1370 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1371 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1372 break;
1373 }
1374
1375 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1376 }
1377
1378 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1379 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1381 unsigned EqOpc;
1382 switch (Op) {
1383 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1384#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1385 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1386#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1387 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1388#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1389 }
1390
1391 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1392 }
1393
1394 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1395 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1396 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1397 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1399 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1400 if (LegalOnly)
1401 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1402
1403 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1404 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1405 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1406 }
1407
1408 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1409 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1410 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1411 /// pre and post legalisation.
1413 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1414 if (LegalOnly)
1415 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1416
1417 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1418 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1419 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1420 }
1421
1422 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1423 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1424 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1425 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1427 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1428 if (LegalOnly)
1429 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1430
1431 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1432 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1433 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1434 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1435 }
1436
1437 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1438 /// the type is legal or not.
1439 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1440 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1441 }
1442
1443 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1444 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1445 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1446 return false;
1447
1448 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1450 }
1451
1452 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1453 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1454 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1455 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1456 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1457 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1458 return Range <= BW;
1459 }
1460
1461 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1462 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1463 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1465 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1466
1467 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1468 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1469 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1470
1471 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1472 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1473 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1474 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1475 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1478 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1479 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1480 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1481 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1482 // build bit tests.
1483
1484 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1485 // machine word.
1486 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1487 return false;
1488
1489 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1490 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1491 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1492 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1493 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1494 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1495 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1496 }
1497
1498 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1499 // be Arch Target specific.
1500 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1501 return false;
1502
1503 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1504 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1505 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1506 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1507 // better.
1508 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1509 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1510 }
1511
1512 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1513 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1514 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1515 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1516 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1517 }
1518
1519 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1520 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1521 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1522 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1523 }
1524
1525 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1526 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1527 }
1528
1529 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1530 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1531 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1532 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1533 /// types.
1534 virtual LegalizeAction
1535 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1536 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1538 }
1539
1540 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1541 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1542 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1543 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1544 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1545 bool Atomic) const {
1546 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1547 return Expand;
1548 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1549 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1551 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1552 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1553
1554 LegalizeAction Action;
1555 if (Atomic) {
1556 Action =
1557 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1558 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1559 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1560 } else {
1561 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1562 }
1563
1564 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1565 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1566 Atomic);
1567 }
1568
1569 return Action;
1570 }
1571
1572 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1573 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1574 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1575 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1576 Legal;
1577 }
1578
1579 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1580 /// on this target.
1581 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1582 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1583 bool Atomic) const {
1584 LegalizeAction Action =
1585 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1586 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1587 }
1588
1589 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1590 /// through `setTruncStoreAction` yield
1591 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1592 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1593 /// types.
1595 Align Alignment,
1596 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1598 }
1599
1600 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1601 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1602 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1604 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1605 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1606 return Expand;
1607 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1608 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1610 "Table isn't big enough!");
1611
1612 LegalizeAction Action = TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1613
1614 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1615 return getCustomTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1616 }
1617
1618 return Action;
1619 }
1620
1621 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1622 /// target.
1623 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1624 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1625 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1626 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace) == Legal;
1627 }
1628
1629 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1630 /// target.
1631 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1632 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1633 if (!isTypeLegal(ValVT))
1634 return false;
1635
1636 LegalizeAction Action =
1637 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1638 return (Action == Legal || Action == Custom);
1639 }
1640
1641 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1642 unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const {
1643 if (LegalOnly)
1644 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1645
1646 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1647 }
1648
1649 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1650 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1651 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1652 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1653 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1654 }
1655
1656 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1657 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1658 return VT.isSimple() &&
1659 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1660 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1661 }
1662
1663 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1664 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1665 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1666 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1667 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1668 }
1669
1670 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1671 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1672 return VT.isSimple() &&
1673 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1674 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1675 }
1676
1677 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1678 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1679 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1680 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1681 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1682 }
1683
1684 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1685 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1686 return VT.isSimple() &&
1687 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1689 }
1690
1691 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1692 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1693 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1694 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1695 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1696 }
1697
1698 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1699 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1700 return VT.isSimple() &&
1701 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1703 }
1704
1705 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1706 /// extending
1707 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1708
1709 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1710 // on this target.
1711 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1712 return false;
1713 }
1714
1715 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1716 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1717 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1719 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1720 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1721 // element size.
1722 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1723 return false;
1724 return true;
1725 }
1726
1727 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1728 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1729 /// expander for it.
1732 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1733 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1734 "Table isn't big enough!");
1735 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1736 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1737 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1738 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1739 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1740 return Action;
1741 }
1742
1743 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1744 /// the specified types on this target.
1745 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1746 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1747 }
1748
1749 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1750 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1752 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1753 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1754 }
1755
1756 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1757 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1758 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1759 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1761 EVT InputVT) const {
1764 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1765 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1766 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1767 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1768 }
1769
1770 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1771 /// legal or custom for this target.
1773 EVT InputVT) const {
1774 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1775 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1776 }
1777
1778 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1779 /// ValueType to promote to.
1780 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1782 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1783
1784 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1785 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1787 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1788 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1789
1790 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1791 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1792
1793 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1794 MVT NVT = VT;
1795 do {
1796 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1797 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1798 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1799 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1800 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1801 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1802 return NVT;
1803 }
1804
1806 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1807 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1808 }
1809
1810 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1811 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1812 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1813 /// otherwise it will assert.
1815 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1816 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1817 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1818 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1819
1820 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1821 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1822 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1823 EVT EltVT;
1824 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1825 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1826 else
1827 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1828 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1829 }
1830
1831 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1832 }
1833
1835 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1836 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1837 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1838 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1839
1840 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1841 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1842 EVT EltVT;
1843 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1844 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1845 else
1846 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1847 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1848 }
1849
1850 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1851 }
1852
1853
1854 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1856 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1857 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1858 }
1859
1860 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1861 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1862 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1863
1864 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1865 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1866 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1867 }
1868
1869 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1870 /// require.
1871 ///
1872 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1873 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1874 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1875 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1876 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1877 ///
1878 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1879 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1880 virtual unsigned
1882 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1883 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1884 }
1885
1886 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1887 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1888 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1890 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1891 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1892 }
1893
1894 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1895 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1896 /// integer register set.
1898 CallingConv::ID CC,
1899 EVT VT) const {
1900 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1901 }
1902
1903 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1904 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1906 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1907 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1908 }
1909
1910 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1911 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1912 /// reduce runtime.
1913 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1914
1915 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1916 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1917 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1918 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1919 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1921 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1922 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1923 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1924 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1925 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1926 return false;
1927
1928 return true;
1929 }
1930
1931 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1932 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1933 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1934
1935 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1936 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1937 /// size.
1939 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1940 }
1941
1942 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1943 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1944 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1946 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1947 }
1948
1949 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1950 /// perform for the specified node.
1952 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1953 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1954 }
1955
1958 }
1959
1960 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
1961 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
1962 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
1963 }
1964
1965 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
1966 ///
1967 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1968 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
1969 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1970 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1971 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
1972
1973 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
1974 ///
1975 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1976 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
1977 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1978 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1979 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
1980
1981 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
1982 ///
1983 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1984 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
1985 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
1986 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
1988 }
1989
1990 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
1991 ///
1992 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
1993 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
1994 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1995 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1996 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
1998 }
1999
2000 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
2001 ///
2002 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2003 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
2004 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2005 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2006 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
2007
2008 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
2009 ///
2010 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
2011 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
2012 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
2013 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
2014 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
2015 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
2016 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
2017 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
2019 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2021 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2022 return false;
2023 }
2024
2025 /// LLT handling variant.
2027 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2029 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2030 return false;
2031 }
2032
2033 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2034 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2035 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2036 /// access (as defined by the target).
2037 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2038 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2039 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2041 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2042
2043 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2044 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2045 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2046 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2047 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2048 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2049 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2050 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2051
2052 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2053 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2054 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2055 /// the target).
2056 virtual bool
2057 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2058 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2060 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2061
2062 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2063 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2064 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2065 /// target).
2066 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2067 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2068 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2069
2070 /// LLT handling variant.
2071 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2072 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2073 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2074
2075 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2076 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2077 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2078 /// target-independent logic.
2079 virtual EVT
2081 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2082 return MVT::Other;
2083 }
2084
2085 /// LLT returning variant.
2086 virtual LLT
2088 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2089 return LLT();
2090 }
2091
2092 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2093 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2094 ///
2095 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2096 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2097 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2098 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2099 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2100
2101 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2102 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2103
2104 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2105 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2106
2107 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2108 /// Zero if no limit.
2109 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2110
2111 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2112
2113 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2114 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2115
2116 /// Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for
2117 /// scalable vectors.
2119 return MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
2120 }
2121
2122 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2123 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2125 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2126 }
2127
2128 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2129 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2130 virtual Register
2132 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2133 return Register();
2134 }
2135
2136 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2137 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2138 virtual Register
2140 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2141 return Register();
2142 }
2143
2144 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2145 reportFatalUsageError("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2146 }
2147
2148 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2150 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2151 }
2152
2153 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2154 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2155
2156 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2157 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2158
2159 /// Return the preferred loop alignment.
2160 virtual Align getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr) const;
2161
2162 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2163 /// alignment
2164 virtual unsigned
2165 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2166
2167 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2168 /// MinSize).
2169 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2170
2171 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2172 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2173 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2174 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2175 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2176 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2177
2178 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2179 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2180 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2181 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2182
2183 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2184 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2185 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2186 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2187 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2188
2189 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the
2190 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2191 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2192 /// if this returns true.
2193 virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const { return false; }
2194
2195 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2196 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2197 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2198 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2199 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2200 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2201
2202protected:
2203 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2204 bool UseTLS) const;
2205
2206public:
2207 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2208 virtual Value *
2209 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2210 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2211
2212 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2213 /// string if not applicable.
2214 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2215
2216 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2217
2219 return "";
2220 }
2221
2222 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2223 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2224 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2225 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(unsigned SrcAS, unsigned DestAS) const;
2226
2227 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2228 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2229 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2230 /// preferred alignment.
2231 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2232 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2233 return false;
2234 }
2235
2236 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2237 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2238 /// @{
2239
2240 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2241 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2242
2243 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2244 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2245 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2246
2247 /// @}
2248
2249 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2250 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2251 /// @{
2252
2253 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2254 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2255 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2256 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2258 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2259 }
2260
2261 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2262 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2264 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2265 }
2266
2267 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2268 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2270 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2271 }
2272
2273 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2274 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2275 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2276 ///
2277 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2278 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2279 /// require a more complex expansion.
2280 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2281
2282 /// Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
2283 bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const { return SupportsUnalignedAtomics; }
2284
2285 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2286 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2287 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2288 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2289 return false;
2290 }
2291
2292 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2293 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2294 /// false.
2295 virtual bool
2297 return false;
2298 }
2299
2300 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2301 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2302 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2303 virtual AtomicOrdering
2307
2308 // Whether to issue an atomic load for the initial word value before the
2309 // atomicrmw/cmpxchg emulation loop.
2310 // TODO: For correctness, an atomic load should be issued for all targets.
2311 // Remove this API once this is achieved
2313 return true;
2314 }
2315
2316 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2317 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2318 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2319 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2320 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2321 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2322 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2323 }
2324
2325 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2326 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2328 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2329 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2330 }
2331
2332 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2333 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2334 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2335 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2337 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2338 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2339 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2340 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2341 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2342 }
2343
2344 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2345 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2346 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2347 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2349 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2350 }
2351
2352 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2353 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2355 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2356 }
2357
2358 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2359 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2361 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2362 }
2363
2364 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2366 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2367 }
2368
2369 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2370 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2371 /// stage by the backend.
2374 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2375 }
2376
2377 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2378 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2379 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2382 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2383 }
2384
2385 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2386 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2387 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2388 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2390 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2391 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2392 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2393 }
2394
2395 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2396 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2397 /// @{
2398
2401 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2402 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2403 }
2404
2405 /// @}
2406
2407 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2408 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2409 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2410 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2411 ///
2412 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2413 /// may be performed.
2414 ///
2415 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2416 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2417 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2418 ///
2419 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2420 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2421 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2422 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2423 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2424 /// seq_cst store).
2425 /// @{
2426 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2427 Instruction *Inst,
2428 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2429
2430 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2431 Instruction *Inst,
2432 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2433 /// @}
2434
2435 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2436 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2437 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2438 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2439 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2440 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2441 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2442
2443 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2444 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2445 return IsSigned;
2446 }
2447
2448 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2449 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2450 return true;
2451 }
2452
2453 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2454 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2458
2459 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2460 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2466
2467 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2468 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2469 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2473
2474 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2475 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2476 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2478 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2481 }
2482
2483 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2484 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2485 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2489
2490 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2491 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. Default is to never expand.
2492 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2494 if (RMW->isFloatingPointOperation())
2496 if (RMW->getType()->isVectorTy())
2499 }
2500
2501 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2502 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2503 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2505 Type *ValTy = RMWI->getValOperand()->getType();
2506 if (RMWI->getOperation() == AtomicRMWInst::Xchg &&
2507 (ValTy->isFloatingPointTy() || ValTy->isPointerTy() ||
2508 ValTy->isVectorTy()))
2510
2512 }
2513
2514 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2515 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2516 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2517 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2518 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2519 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2520 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2521 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2522 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2523 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2524 /// another round of expansion.
2525 virtual LoadInst *
2527 return nullptr;
2528 }
2529
2530 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2531 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2533 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2534 }
2535
2536 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2537 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2538 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2539 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2540 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2541 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2542 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2543 /// extension.
2545 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2546 }
2547
2548 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2549 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2551 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2552 }
2553
2554 /// @}
2555
2556 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2557 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2558 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2559 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2560 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2561 /// \p VT is the type of the select (and X and Y). \p CCVT is the type of its
2562 /// condition (N0 and N1).
2564 EVT CCVT) const {
2565 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2566 // operations on those registers.
2568 return false;
2569 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2570 // registers.
2571 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2572 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2573 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2574 }
2575
2576 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2577
2578 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2579 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2580 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2581 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2582 return false;
2583 }
2584
2585 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2586 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2587 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2588 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2589 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2591 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2592 return false;
2593 }
2594
2595 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2596 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2597 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2598 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2599 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2600 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2601 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2602 /// decide.
2603 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2605 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2606 return true;
2607 }
2608
2609 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2610 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2611 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2612 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2613 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2614 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2615 bool IsSigned) const {
2616 return false;
2617 }
2618
2619 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2620 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2621 /// considered beneficial.
2622 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2623 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2624 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2625 if (Exponent < 0)
2626 Exponent = -Exponent;
2627 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2628 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2629 }
2630
2631 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2632 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2633 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2634 //
2635protected:
2636 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2637 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2639 BooleanContents = Ty;
2640 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2641 }
2642
2643 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2644 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2646 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2647 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2648 }
2649
2650 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2651 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2653 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2654 }
2655
2656 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2658 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2659 }
2660
2661 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2662 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2663
2664 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2665 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2666 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2667
2668 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2669 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2670
2671 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2672 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2674 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2675 }
2676
2677 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2678 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2679 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2680 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2681 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2682 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2683 }
2684
2685 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2686 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2687 /// control.
2688 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2689
2690 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2691 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2692 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2693 }
2694
2695 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2696 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2697 /// that class natively.
2699 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2700 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2701 }
2702
2703 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2704 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2705 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2706 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2707
2708 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2709 /// derived properties we expose.
2710 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2711
2712 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2713 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2714 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2715 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2716 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2717 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2718 }
2720 LegalizeAction Action) {
2721 for (auto Op : Ops)
2722 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2723 }
2725 LegalizeAction Action) {
2726 for (auto VT : VTs)
2727 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2728 }
2729
2730 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2731 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2732 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2733 LegalizeAction Action) {
2734 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2735 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2736 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2737 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2738 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2739 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2740 }
2741 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2742 LegalizeAction Action) {
2743 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2744 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2745 }
2747 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2748 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2749 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2750 }
2751
2752 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2753 /// is legal.
2754 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2755 LegalizeAction Action) {
2756 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2757 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2758 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2759 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2760 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2761 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2762 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2763 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2764 }
2766 LegalizeAction Action) {
2767 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2768 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2769 }
2771 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2772 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2773 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2774 }
2775
2776 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2777 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2778 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2779 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2780 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2781 }
2782
2783 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2784 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2785 ///
2786 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2787 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2789 LegalizeAction Action) {
2790 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2791 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2792 }
2793
2795 LegalizeAction Action) {
2796 for (auto VT : VTs)
2797 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2798 }
2799
2800 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2801 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2802 ///
2803 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2804 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2806 LegalizeAction Action) {
2807 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2808 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2809 }
2810
2812 LegalizeAction Action) {
2813 for (auto VT : VTs)
2814 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2815 }
2816
2817 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2818 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2819 ///
2820 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2821 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2822 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2823 LegalizeAction Action) {
2824 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2825 }
2826
2827 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2828 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2829 ///
2830 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2831 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2832 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2833 LegalizeAction Action) {
2834 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2835 }
2836
2837 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2838 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2840 LegalizeAction Action) {
2841 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2842 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2843 "Table isn't big enough!");
2844 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2845 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2846 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2847 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2848 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2849 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2850 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2851 }
2852 }
2854 LegalizeAction Action) {
2855 for (auto VT : VTs)
2856 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2857 }
2858
2859 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2860 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2861 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2862 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2863 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2864 LegalizeAction Action) {
2867 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2868 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2869 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2870 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2871 }
2873 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2874 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2875 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2876 }
2877
2878 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2879 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2880 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2881 /// the default.
2882 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2883 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2884 }
2885
2886 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2887 /// in a single call.
2888 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2889 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2890 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2891 }
2893 MVT DestVT) {
2894 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2895 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2896 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2897 }
2898 }
2899
2900 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
2901 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
2902 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
2904 for (auto NT : NTs) {
2905 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2906 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
2907 }
2908 }
2909
2910 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
2912 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2913 }
2914
2915 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
2916 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
2918 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2919 }
2920
2921 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
2922 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
2923 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
2924 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
2925 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
2926 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
2927 }
2928
2929 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2931 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
2932 }
2933
2934 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
2935 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
2936 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2937 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2938 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2939 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
2940 }
2941
2942 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2943 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2944 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2945 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2946 }
2947
2948 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
2949 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2950 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2951 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2952 }
2953
2954 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
2955 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2956 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
2957 }
2958
2959 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
2960 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
2961 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
2962 }
2963
2964public:
2965 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2966 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
2967 //
2968
2969 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
2970 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
2971 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
2972 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
2973 /// load/store.
2974 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
2975 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
2976 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
2977 return false;
2978 }
2979
2980 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
2981 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
2982 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
2983 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
2984 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
2985 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
2986 /// no scale.
2987 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
2988 struct AddrMode {
2990 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
2991 bool HasBaseReg = false;
2992 int64_t Scale = 0;
2993 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
2994 AddrMode() = default;
2995 };
2996
2997 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
2998 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
2999 ///
3000 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
3001 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
3002 /// pre/postinc as well.
3003 ///
3004 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
3005 ///
3006 /// TODO: Remove default argument
3007 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
3008 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
3009 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
3010
3011 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
3012 /// storage (TLS).
3013 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
3014 return false;
3015 }
3016
3017 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
3018 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
3019 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
3020 return 0;
3021 }
3022
3023 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
3024 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
3025 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3026 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
3027 return true;
3028 }
3029
3030 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
3031 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
3032 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3033 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
3034 return true;
3035 }
3036
3037 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
3038 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
3039 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
3040 /// immediate into a register.
3041 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
3042
3043 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
3044 /// store instruction.
3045 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
3046 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
3047 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
3048 return Value == 0;
3049 }
3050
3051 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3052 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3053 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3054 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3055 /// registers.
3057 return nullptr;
3058 }
3059
3060 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3061 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3062 /// 'To'.
3063 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3064 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3065 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3066 }
3067
3068 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3069 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3070 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3071 switch (Opcode) {
3072 case ISD::ADD:
3073 case ISD::SMIN:
3074 case ISD::SMAX:
3075 case ISD::UMIN:
3076 case ISD::UMAX:
3077 case ISD::MUL:
3078 case ISD::CLMUL:
3079 case ISD::CLMULH:
3080 case ISD::CLMULR:
3081 case ISD::MULHU:
3082 case ISD::MULHS:
3083 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3084 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3085 case ISD::FADD:
3086 case ISD::FMUL:
3087 case ISD::AND:
3088 case ISD::OR:
3089 case ISD::XOR:
3090 case ISD::SADDO:
3091 case ISD::UADDO:
3092 case ISD::ADDC:
3093 case ISD::ADDE:
3094 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3095 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3096 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3097 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3098 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3099 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3100 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3101 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3102 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3103 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3104 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3105 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3106 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3107 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3108 case ISD::ABDS:
3109 case ISD::ABDU:
3110 return true;
3111 default: return false;
3112 }
3113 }
3114
3115 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3116 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3117 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3118 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3119 return true;
3120 // These are non-commutative binops.
3121 switch (Opcode) {
3122 case ISD::SUB:
3123 case ISD::SHL:
3124 case ISD::SRL:
3125 case ISD::SRA:
3126 case ISD::ROTL:
3127 case ISD::ROTR:
3128 case ISD::SDIV:
3129 case ISD::UDIV:
3130 case ISD::SREM:
3131 case ISD::UREM:
3132 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3133 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3134 case ISD::FSUB:
3135 case ISD::FDIV:
3136 case ISD::FREM:
3137 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMIN:
3138 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMAX:
3139 return true;
3140 default:
3141 return false;
3142 }
3143 }
3144
3145 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3146 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3147 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3148 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3149 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3150 return false;
3151 }
3152
3153 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3154 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3155 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3156 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3157 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3158 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3159 return false;
3160 }
3161
3162 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3163 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3164 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3165 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3166 }
3167
3168 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3169 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3170 // Fallback to type matching.
3171 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3172 }
3173
3174 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3175
3176 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3177 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3178 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3179 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3180 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3181 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3182 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3183 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3184 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3185 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3186 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3187 case Instruction::FPExt:
3188 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3189 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3190 return true;
3191 break;
3192 case Instruction::ZExt:
3193 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3194 return true;
3195 break;
3196 case Instruction::SExt:
3197 break;
3198 default:
3199 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3200 }
3201 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3202 }
3203
3204 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3205 /// For example, in AArch64
3206 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3207 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3208 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3209 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3210 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3211 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3212 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3213 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3214
3215 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3216 // probably isn't free.
3217 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3218 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3219 return false;
3220
3221 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3222 unsigned LType;
3223 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3224 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3225 else {
3226 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3227 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3228 }
3229
3230 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3231 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3232 }
3233
3234 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3235 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3236 ///
3237 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3238 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3239 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3240 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3241 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3242 /// does not deal with those cases.
3243 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3244 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3245 return false;
3246 }
3247
3248 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3249 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3250 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3251 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3252 }
3253
3254 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3255 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3256 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3257 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3258 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3259 }
3260
3261 /// Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy. Usually true for
3262 /// scalar types when not trying to pack elements into vector lanes.
3263 virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3264 return !FromTy.isVector();
3265 }
3266
3267 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3268 /// zero-extension.
3269 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3270 return false;
3271 }
3272
3273 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3274 /// a larger type.
3275 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3276
3277 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3278 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3279 virtual bool
3281 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3282 return false;
3283 }
3284
3285 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3286 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3287 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3288 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3289 ///
3290 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3291 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3292 /// paired load.
3293 /// For instance, something like this:
3294 /// a = load i64* addr
3295 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3296 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3297 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3298 /// will be optimized into:
3299 /// b = load i32* addr1
3300 /// d = load i32* addr2
3301 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3302 ///
3303 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3304 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3305 /// loads.
3306 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3307 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3308 return false;
3309 }
3310
3311 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3312 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3313
3314 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3315 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3316 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3317
3318 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3319 /// true on success.
3320 ///
3321 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3322 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3323 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3324 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3325 /// result is uncondiitional.
3326 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3327 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3328 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3329 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3330 /// accessed.
3333 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3334 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3335 return false;
3336 }
3337
3338 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3339 /// true on success.
3340 ///
3341 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3342 /// or a vp.store.
3343 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3344 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3345 /// result is unconditional.
3346 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3347 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3348 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3349 /// accessed.
3351 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3352 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3353 return false;
3354 }
3355
3356 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3357 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3358 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3359 ///
3360 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3361 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3362 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3363 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3364 /// accessed.
3366 IntrinsicInst *DI,
3367 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3368 return false;
3369 }
3370
3371 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3372 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3373 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3374 ///
3375 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3376 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3377 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3378 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3379 /// result is uncondiitional.
3380 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3381 virtual bool
3383 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3384 return false;
3385 }
3386
3387 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3388 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3389 /// double-precision).
3390 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3391 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3392 "invalid fpext types");
3393 return false;
3394 }
3395
3396 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3397 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3398 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3399 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3400 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3401 return false;
3402 }
3403
3404 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3405 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3406 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3407 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3408 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3409 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3410 "invalid fpext types");
3411 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3412 }
3413
3414 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3415 /// extend node) is profitable.
3416 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3417
3418 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3419 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3420 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3421 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3422 return false;
3423 }
3424
3425 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3426 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3427 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3428 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3429 return false;
3430 }
3431
3432 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3433 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3434 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3435 ///
3436 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3437 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3438 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3439 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3440 ///
3441 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3442 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3444 EVT) const {
3445 return false;
3446 }
3447
3448 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3449 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3450 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3451 ///
3452 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3453 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3454 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3455 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3457 LLT) const {
3458 return false;
3459 }
3460
3461 /// IR version
3462 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3463 return false;
3464 }
3465
3466 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3467 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3468 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3469 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3470 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3471 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3472 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3473 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3474 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3475 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3476 case 16:
3477 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3478 case 32:
3479 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3480 case 64:
3481 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3482 default:
3483 break;
3484 }
3485
3486 return false;
3487 }
3488
3489 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3490 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3491 /// fadd/fsub.
3492 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3493 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3494 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3495 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3496 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3497 }
3498
3499 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3500 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3502 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3503 return false;
3504 }
3505
3506 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3507 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3508 /// i32 to i16.
3509 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3510 return false;
3511 }
3512
3513 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3514 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3515 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3516 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3517 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3518 SDValue X,
3519 SDValue Y) const {
3520 return false;
3521 }
3522
3523 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3524 /// just the constant itself.
3525 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3526 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3527 /// from a constant pool.
3529 Type *Ty) const {
3530 return false;
3531 }
3532
3533 /// Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type \p ResVT from a vector
3534 /// of type \p SrcVT, starting at element \p Index.
3535 ///
3536 /// Most callers only create a new EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR when the cost is at most
3537 /// ExtractSubvectorCost::Cheap. This hook exists because EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
3538 /// usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of the first
3539 /// element, so only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3541 unsigned Index) const {
3543 }
3544
3545 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3546 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3547 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3548 return false;
3549 }
3550
3551 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3552 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3553 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3554 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3555 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3556 return false;
3557 }
3558
3559 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3560 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3561 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3562 /// matching of other patterns.
3563 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3564 bool MathUsed) const {
3565 // Form it if it is legal.
3566 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3567 return true;
3568
3569 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3570 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3571 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3572 return false;
3573
3574 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3575 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3576 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3577 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3578 // concrete users.
3579 if (VT.isVector())
3580 return false;
3581 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3582 }
3583
3584 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3585 // for the given \p VT.
3587 EVT VT) const {
3588 return false;
3589 }
3590
3591 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3592 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3593 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3594 return false;
3595 }
3596
3597 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3598 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3599 // same blocks of its users.
3600 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3601
3602 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3603 /// amount is not profitable.
3604 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3605 return false;
3606 }
3607
3608 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3609 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3611 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3612 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3613 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3614 }
3615
3616 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3617 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3618 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3619
3620 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type
3621 /// VT. Used when folding idioms into a saturating fp-to-int conversion, such
3622 /// as min(max(fptoi)) clamps or NaN-guarded selects.
3623 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3624 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3625 }
3626
3627 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3629 return false;
3630 }
3631
3632 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3633 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3634 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3635 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3636 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3637 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3638 return false;
3639 }
3640
3641 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3642 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3644 EVT PtrVT) const {
3645 return false;
3646 }
3647
3648 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3649 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3650
3651 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3652 /// and type
3655 return false;
3656 }
3657
3658 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3659 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3660 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3661 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3662 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3663 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3664 EVT ToVT) const {
3665 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3666 return Op;
3667 switch (Op) {
3668 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3670 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3671 break;
3675 break;
3676 default:
3677 break;
3678 }
3679 return Op;
3680 }
3681
3682 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3683 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3684 /// returned.
3687 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3688 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3689 return nullptr;
3690 }
3691
3693 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3694 }
3695
3696 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3697
3698 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3699 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3700 }
3701
3702 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3703 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3704 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3705 }
3706
3707 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3708 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3709 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3710 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3711 }
3712
3713 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3717
3718 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3719
3720 /// Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise
3721 /// RTLIB::Unsupported.
3722 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const {
3723 return RuntimeLibcallInfo.getSupportedLibcallImpl(FuncName);
3724 }
3725
3726 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3727 /// implementation.
3729 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3730 }
3731
3732 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3733 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3735 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3736 }
3737
3738 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3739 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3740 /// the set of reserved registers.
3741 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3742 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3743
3744 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3745 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3746 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3747
3748 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3749 // GlobalISel Hooks
3750 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3751 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3752 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3753
3754
3755private:
3756 const TargetMachine &TM;
3757
3758 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3759 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3760 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3761 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3762 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3763
3764 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3765 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3766 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3767 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3768 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3769
3770 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3771 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3772 /// predication.
3773 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3774
3775 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3776 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3777 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3778
3779 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3780 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3781 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3782
3783 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3784 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3785 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3786
3787 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3788 /// register usage.
3789 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3790
3791 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3792 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3793
3794 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3795 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3796 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3797
3798 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3799 /// optimizing for speed).
3800 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3801
3802 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3803 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3804 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3805 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3806
3807 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3808 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3809 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3810
3811 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3812 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3813 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3814
3815 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3816 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3817 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3818 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3819
3820 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3821 /// backend supports.
3822 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3823
3824 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3825 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3826
3827 /// Maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable
3828 /// vectors.
3829 unsigned MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
3830
3831 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3832 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3833
3834 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3835 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3836 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3837
3838 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3839 /// target supports natively.
3840 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3841 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3842 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3843
3844 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3845 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3846 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3847 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3848 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3849 /// representative class would be GR32.
3850 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3851
3852 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3853 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3854 /// pressure.
3855 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3856
3857 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3858 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3859 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3860 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3861 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3862 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3863
3864 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3865 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3866 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3867 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3868 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3869 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3870
3871 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3872 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3873 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3874 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3875 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3876
3877 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3878 /// (default) values are supported.
3879 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3880
3881 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3882 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3883 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3884
3885 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3886 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3887 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3888 ///
3889 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3890 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3891 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3892
3893 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3894 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3895 ///
3896 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3897 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3898 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3899 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
3900
3901 using PartialReduceActionTypes =
3902 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3903 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
3904 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
3905 /// deal with this operation.
3906 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
3907
3908 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
3909
3910private:
3911 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
3912 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
3913 /// array.
3914 unsigned char
3915 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
3916
3917 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
3918 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
3919 /// array.
3920 ///
3921 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
3922 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
3923 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
3924 PromoteToType;
3925
3926 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3927 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3928
3929 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
3930 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3931 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
3932
3933 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
3934 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
3935 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
3936 IMAB_Store = 0,
3937 IMAB_Load = 4,
3938 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
3939 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
3940 };
3941
3942 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
3943 LegalizeAction Action) {
3944 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
3945 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
3946 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3947 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
3948 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
3949 }
3950
3951 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
3952 unsigned Shift) const {
3953 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
3954 "Table isn't big enough!");
3955 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3956 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
3957 }
3958
3959 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
3960 EVT &IntermediateVT,
3961 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
3962 MVT &RegisterVT,
3963 bool ForCallingConv) const;
3964
3965 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownMVT(MVT VT, MVT &IntermediateVT,
3966 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
3967 MVT &RegisterVT);
3968
3969 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
3970 MVT getCachedRegisterType(MVT VT) const {
3971 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
3972 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
3973 }
3974
3975 MVT getRegisterTypeImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
3976 bool ForCallingConv) const {
3977 if (VT.isSimple() &&
3978 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv))
3979 return getCachedRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
3980 if (VT.isVector()) {
3981 EVT VT1;
3982 MVT RegisterVT;
3983 unsigned NumIntermediates;
3984 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates,
3985 RegisterVT, ForCallingConv);
3986 return RegisterVT;
3987 }
3988 if (VT.isInteger()) {
3989 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT),
3990 ForCallingConv);
3991 }
3992 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
3993 }
3994
3995 unsigned getNumRegistersImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
3996 bool ForCallingConv) const {
3997 if (VT.isSimple() &&
3998 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv)) {
3999 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
4000 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
4001 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
4002 }
4003 if (VT.isVector()) {
4004 EVT VT1;
4005 MVT VT2;
4006 unsigned NumIntermediates;
4007 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2,
4008 ForCallingConv);
4009 }
4010 if (VT.isInteger()) {
4011 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
4012 unsigned RegWidth =
4013 getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, ForCallingConv).getSizeInBits();
4014 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
4015 }
4016 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
4017 }
4018
4019protected:
4020 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
4021 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
4022 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
4023 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
4024
4025 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
4026 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
4027 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
4028 /// expected to be merged.
4030
4031 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
4032 ///
4033 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
4034 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
4035 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4036 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
4037 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4038 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4039 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
4040 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
4042 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4044
4045 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
4046 ///
4047 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
4048 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
4049 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4050 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
4051 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4052 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4053 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
4054 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4055 /// constant size.
4057 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4059 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
4060 ///
4061 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
4062 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
4063 // vectorization later on.
4065
4066 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
4067 ///
4068 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
4069 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
4070 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
4071 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
4072 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4073 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4074 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
4075 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4076 /// constant size.
4078 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4080
4081 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
4082 ///
4083 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
4084 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
4085 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4086 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
4087 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4088 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4089 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
4090 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
4092 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4094
4095 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
4096 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
4098
4099 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
4101
4102 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
4103 /// register class are all legal.
4104 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
4105 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
4106
4107 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
4108 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
4110 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
4111
4113};
4114
4115/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
4116/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
4117///
4118/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
4119/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4121public:
4122 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4123 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4124
4127
4128 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4129 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4131
4132 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4133
4134 // If set to true, SelectionDAG nodes will be consistently processed in
4135 // topological order. This is a temporary hook until sorting can be
4136 // enabled globally.
4137 virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const { return false; }
4138
4141 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4142 return false;
4143 }
4144
4145 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4146 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4147 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4148 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4149 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4150 // restrict common combiner.
4152 SDValue N1) const {
4153 return N0.hasOneUse();
4154 }
4155
4156 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4157 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4158 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4159 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4160 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4161 // restrict common combiner.
4163 Register N1) const {
4164 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4165 }
4166
4167 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4168 return false;
4169 }
4170
4171 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4172 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4173 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4174 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4175 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4176 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4177 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4178 return false;
4179 }
4180
4181 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4182 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4183 /// post-indexed load / store.
4184 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4185 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4186 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4187 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4188 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4189 return false;
4190 }
4191
4192 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4193 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4194 /// considered for transformation.
4196 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4197 return false;
4198 }
4199
4200 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4201 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4202 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4203
4204 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4205 return getPointerTy(DL);
4206 }
4207
4208 virtual const MCExpr *
4210 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4211 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4212 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4213 }
4214
4215 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4216 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4217 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4218
4219 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4220 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4221 virtual const MCExpr *
4222 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4223 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4224
4225 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4226 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4227 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4228
4229 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4230 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4231 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4232 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4233 ///
4234 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4235 /// lowering to a direct call.
4236 virtual bool
4238 unsigned OpNo) const {
4239 return false;
4240 }
4241
4243 SDValue &Chain) const;
4244
4245 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4246 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4247 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4248 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4249
4250 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4251 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4252 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4253 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4254 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4255
4257 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4258 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4259 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4260 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4261 }
4262
4264 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4265 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4266 SDValue Mask) const {
4267 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4268 }
4269
4270 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4271 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4272 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4273 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4274 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4275 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4276
4277 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4278 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4279 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4280 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4281 const SDLoc &dl,
4282 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4283 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4284 Chain);
4285 }
4286
4287 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4288 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4289 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4290 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4291 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4292 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4293 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4294
4295 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4296 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4297 //
4298
4299 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4300 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4301 /// combine.
4308
4310 bool LT, bool LO) :
4311 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4312
4313 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4314 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4315
4317 Old = O;
4318 New = N;
4319 return true;
4320 }
4321 };
4322
4323 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4324 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4325 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4326 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4327 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4328 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4329 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4330 /// it from MemOps.
4331 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4332 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4333 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4334 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4335 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4336 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4337
4338 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4339 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4340 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4341 /// true.
4343 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4344 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4345
4346 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4348 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4349
4350 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4351 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4352 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4354 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4355 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4356 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4357 return false;
4358 }
4359
4360 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4361 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4362 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4363 /// widening casts.
4364 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4365 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4366 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4367
4368 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4369 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4370 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4371 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4372 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4373 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4374 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4375 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4376 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4377 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4378 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4379 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4380 /// has multiple uses.
4381 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4382 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4383 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4384 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4385
4386 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4387 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4388 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4389 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4390 unsigned Depth = 0,
4391 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4392
4393 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4394 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4395 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4396 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4397
4398 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4399 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4400 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4401 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4402 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4403
4404 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4405 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4406 /// bitwise ops etc.
4407 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4408 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4409 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4410 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4411
4412 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4413 /// elements.
4414 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4415 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4416 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4417
4418 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4419 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4420 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4421 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4422 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4423 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4424
4425 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4426 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4427 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4428 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4429 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4430 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4431 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4432 /// in the DemandedMask.
4433 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4434 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4435 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4436 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4437 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4438 /// has multiple uses.
4439 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4440 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4441 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4442 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4443
4444 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4445 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4446 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4447 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4448
4449 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4450 /// converting them to undefs.
4451 virtual bool
4453 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4454 return true;
4455 }
4456
4457 /// If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the
4458 /// returned size in bits by converting
4459 /// (op x) to insert_subvector (op (extract_subvector x)).
4460 ///
4461 /// The returned size must be a multiple of the element size, greater than or
4462 /// equal to the demanded part of the vector and less than the original
4463 /// vector size. Return 0 to disable shrinking.
4464 virtual unsigned
4466 const APInt &DemandedElts) const {
4467 return 0;
4468 }
4469
4470 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4471 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4472 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4473 /// requested vector elements.
4474 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4476 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4477 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4478 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4479
4480 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4481 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4482 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4483 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4484 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4486 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4487 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4488 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4489
4490 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4491 Register R,
4493 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4494 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4495 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4496
4497 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4498 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4499 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4500 /// independent from the known low bits.
4501 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4502 Register R,
4503 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4504 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4505
4506 /// Determine known bits of a pointer to a known valid stack object.
4507 /// The default implementation computes low bits based on alignment.
4508 virtual void computeKnownBitsForStackObjectPointer(KnownBits &Known,
4509 const MachineFunction &MF,
4510 Align Alignment) const;
4511
4512 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4513 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4514 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4515 /// by the requested vector elements.
4516 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4517 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4518 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4519 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4520
4521 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4522 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4523 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4524 /// by the requested vector elements.
4525 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4526 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4527 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4528
4529 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4530 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4531 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4532 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4533 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4534 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4535 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4536 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4537
4538 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4539 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4540 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4541 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4542 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4543 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4544 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4545 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4547 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4548 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4549
4550 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4551 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4552 /// bitwise ops etc.
4553 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4554 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4555 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4556
4557 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4558 /// and, \p Kind can be used to track poison and/or undef bits. The
4559 /// DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4560 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4561 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4562 UndefPoisonKind Kind, unsigned Depth) const;
4563
4564 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4565 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4566 /// vector elements.
4567 virtual bool canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4568 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4569 UndefPoisonKind Kind, bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4570
4571 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4572 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4573 /// function tries different variations.
4574 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4575 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4577 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4578
4579 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4580 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4581 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4582
4583 /// Determine floating-point class information for a target node. The
4584 /// DemandedElts argument allows us to only collect the known FP classes
4585 /// that are shared by the requested vector elements.
4586 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4588 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4589 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4590 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4591
4592 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4593 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4594 /// NaN.
4595 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4596 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4597 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4598 bool SNaN = false,
4599 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4600
4601 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4602 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4603 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4604 APInt &UndefElts,
4605 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4606 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4607
4608 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4609 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4611 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4612 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4613 }
4614
4615 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4616 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4617 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4618 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4619
4621 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4624
4625 public:
4627
4628 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4629 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4630
4631 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4633 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4636
4637 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4638 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4639 bool AddTo = true);
4640 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4641 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4642 bool AddTo = true);
4643
4644 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4645
4646 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4647 };
4648
4649 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4650 /// from getBooleanContents().
4651 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4652
4653 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4654 /// from getBooleanContents().
4655 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4656
4657 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4658 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4659
4660 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4661 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4662 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4663 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4664 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4665
4666 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4667 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4668
4669 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4670 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4671 virtual bool
4672 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4673
4674 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4675 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4676 /// for.
4677 ///
4678 /// The semantics are as follows:
4679 /// Return Value:
4680 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4681 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4682 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4683 ///
4684 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4685 /// more complex transformations.
4686 ///
4687 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4688
4689 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4690 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4691 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4692 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4693 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4694 ///
4695 /// @param N the shift node
4696 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4698 CombineLevel Level) const {
4699 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4700 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4701 return false;
4702 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4703 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4704 return false;
4705 return true;
4706 }
4707
4708 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4709 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4710 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4711 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4712 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4713 ///
4714 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4715 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4717 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4718 return true;
4719 }
4720
4721 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4722 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4723 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4724 return true;
4725 }
4726
4727 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4728 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4729 // writing this) is:
4730 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4731 // AddAnd:
4732 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4733 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4734 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4735 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4736 // ABS:
4737 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4738 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4739 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4740 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4741 //
4742 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4743 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4744 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4746 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4748 }
4749
4750 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4751 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4752 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4753 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4754 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4755 return true;
4756 }
4757
4758 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4759 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4760 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4761 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4762 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4763 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4764 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4765 }
4766
4767 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4768 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4769 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4770 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4771 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4772 return false;
4773 }
4774
4775 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4776 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4777 /// promotion type by reference.
4778 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4779 return false;
4780 }
4781
4782 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4783 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4784 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4785 return false;
4786 }
4787
4788 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4789 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4790 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4791 return false;
4792 }
4793
4794 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4795 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4796
4797 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4798 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4799
4800 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4801 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4802 /// selection.
4803 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4804 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4805 }
4806
4807 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4808 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4809 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4810 /// of instruction selection.
4812 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4813 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4814 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4815 }
4816
4817 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4818 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4819 /// do the negation.
4820 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4821 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4822 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4823 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4824
4826 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4828 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4830 SDValue Neg =
4831 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4832 if (!Neg)
4833 return SDValue();
4834
4835 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4836 return Neg;
4837
4838 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4839 if (Neg->use_empty())
4840 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4841 return SDValue();
4842 }
4843
4844 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4845 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4847 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4848 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4849 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4851 }
4852
4853 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4854 /// the cost is not expensive.
4856 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4858 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4859 }
4860
4861 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4862 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4863 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4864 //
4865
4866 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4867 /// storing a legal type
4869 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4870 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4871 return false;
4872 }
4873
4874 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
4875 virtual SDValue
4877 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
4878 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
4879 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4880 return SDValue();
4881 }
4882
4883 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
4884 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
4885 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
4886 /// return the resulting token chain value.
4888 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
4889 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
4890 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
4891 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4892 }
4893
4894 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
4895 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
4896 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
4897 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
4898 return SDValue();
4899 }
4900
4901 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
4902 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
4903
4904 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
4905 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
4906 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
4911
4912 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
4913 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
4914 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
4915 /// implementation.
4918 /// Original unlegalized return type.
4919 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
4920 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
4921 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
4922 bool RetSExt : 1;
4923 bool RetZExt : 1;
4924 bool IsVarArg : 1;
4925 bool IsInReg : 1;
4931 bool NoMerge : 1;
4932
4933 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
4934 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
4935 bool IsTailCall = false;
4936
4937 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
4939
4940 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
4946 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
4951 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
4954
4955 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
4956
4962
4964 DL = dl;
4965 return *this;
4966 }
4967
4969 Chain = InChain;
4970 return *this;
4971 }
4972
4973 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
4975 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4976 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
4977 std::move(ArgsList));
4978 }
4979
4981 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
4982 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4983 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
4984 RetTy = ResultType;
4985 Callee = Target;
4986 CallConv = CC;
4987 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4988 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4989
4990 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
4991 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
4992 return *this;
4993 }
4994
4996 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4997 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
4998 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4999 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
5000 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
5001 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
5002 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
5003
5004 Callee = Target;
5005 CallConv = CC;
5006 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
5007 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5008 return *this;
5009 }
5010
5012 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
5013 const CallBase &Call) {
5014 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
5015
5016 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
5018 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
5019 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
5020 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
5021 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
5022 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
5023 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
5024 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
5025
5026 Callee = Target;
5027
5028 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
5029 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
5030 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5031
5032 CB = &Call;
5033
5034 return *this;
5035 }
5036
5038 IsInReg = Value;
5039 return *this;
5040 }
5041
5044 return *this;
5045 }
5046
5048 IsVarArg = Value;
5049 return *this;
5050 }
5051
5053 IsTailCall = Value;
5054 return *this;
5055 }
5056
5059 return *this;
5060 }
5061
5064 return *this;
5065 }
5066
5068 RetSExt = Value;
5069 return *this;
5070 }
5071
5073 RetZExt = Value;
5074 return *this;
5075 }
5076
5079 return *this;
5080 }
5081
5084 return *this;
5085 }
5086
5088 PAI = Value;
5089 return *this;
5090 }
5091
5094 return *this;
5095 }
5096
5098 CFIType = Type;
5099 return *this;
5100 }
5101
5104 return *this;
5105 }
5106
5108 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
5109 return *this;
5110 }
5111
5113 return Args;
5114 }
5115 };
5116
5117 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
5119 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
5120 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
5124
5125 bool IsSigned : 1;
5129 bool IsSoften : 1;
5130
5134
5136 IsSigned = Value;
5137 return *this;
5138 }
5139
5142 return *this;
5143 }
5144
5147 return *this;
5148 }
5149
5152 return *this;
5153 }
5154
5156 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5157 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5158 IsSoften = true;
5159 return *this;
5160 }
5161
5162 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5163 /// the type from the operand's node.
5165 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5166 return *this;
5167 }
5168 };
5169
5170 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5171 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5172 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5173 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5174 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5175
5176 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5177 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5178 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5179 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5180 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5181 virtual SDValue
5183 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5184 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5185 }
5186
5187 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5188 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5189
5190 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5191 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5192 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5193 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5194 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5195 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5196 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5197 {
5198 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5199 return true;
5200 }
5201
5202 /// Annotate a stack object pointer with known-bits assertions.
5203 SDValue annotateStackObjectPointer(SDValue Ptr, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5204 const SDLoc &DL, Align Alignment) const;
5205
5206 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5207 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5208 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5209 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5210 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5211 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5212 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5213 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5214 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5215 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5216 }
5217
5218 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5219 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5220 ///
5221 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5222 /// tail call at legalization time.
5223 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5224 return false;
5225 }
5226
5227 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5228 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5229 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5230 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5231 return false;
5232 }
5233
5234 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5235 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5236 /// so the default action is to bail.
5237 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5238 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5239 reportFatalUsageError("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5240 }
5241
5242 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5243 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5244 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5245 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5246 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5247 /// necessary information.
5249 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5250 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(Context, MVT::i32);
5251 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5252 }
5253
5254 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5255 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5256 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5257 virtual bool
5259 bool isVarArg,
5260 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5261 return false;
5262 }
5263
5264 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5265 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5266 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5267 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5268 virtual bool
5270 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5271 }
5272
5273 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5274 /// scratch registers.
5276 return nullptr;
5277 }
5278
5279 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5280 /// attached into strict FP call.
5284
5285 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5286 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5287 ///
5288 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5289 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5290 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5291 /// implementation does nothing.
5293 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5294 return Chain;
5295 }
5296
5297 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5298 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5299 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5300 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5301 /// use this callback.
5302 ///
5303 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5304 ///
5305 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5306 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5307 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5308 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5309 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5310 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5312 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5313
5314 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5315 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5316 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5317 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5318 /// aborts.
5319 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5320
5321 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5322 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5323 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5324 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5325 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5326 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5327 ///
5328 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5329 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5330 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5331 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5332 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5333 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5334 }
5335
5336 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5337 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5338
5339 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5340 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5342 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5343 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5344 return nullptr;
5345 }
5346
5347 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5348 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5349 //
5350
5352 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5353 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5354 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5355 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5356 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5357 C_Other, // Something else.
5358 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5359 };
5360
5362 // Generic weights.
5363 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5364 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5365 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5366 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5367 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5368
5369 // Well-known weights.
5370 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5371 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5372 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5373 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5374 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5375 };
5376
5377 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5379 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5380 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5381 /// matches the operand.
5382 std::string ConstraintCode;
5383
5384 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5385 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5387
5388 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5389 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5390 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5392
5393 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5394 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5395
5396 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5399
5400 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5401 /// like "4".
5402 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5403
5404 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5405 /// operand it matches.
5406 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5407 };
5408
5409 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5410
5411 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5412 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5413 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5414 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5416 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5417 const CallBase &Call) const;
5418
5419 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5420 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5422 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5423
5424 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5425 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5427 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5428
5429 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5430 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5431 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5432 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5433 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5434 SDValue Op,
5435 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5436
5437 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5438 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5439
5440 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5442 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5443 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5444 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5445 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5446 /// preferences.
5448
5449 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5450 /// number and the register class for the register.
5451 ///
5452 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5453 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5454 /// pointer.
5455 ///
5456 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5457 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5458 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5460 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5461
5463 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5464 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5466 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5468 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5470 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5473 }
5474
5475 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5476 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5477 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5478 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5479
5480 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5481 /// add anything to Ops.
5482 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5483 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5484 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5485
5486 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5487 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5488 const SDLoc &DL,
5489 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5490 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5491
5492 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5493 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5494 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5496 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5497
5498 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5499 // Div utility functions
5500 //
5501
5502 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5503 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5504 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5505 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5506 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5507 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5508 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5509 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5510 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5511 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5512
5513 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5514 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5515 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5516 /// operations.
5517 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5518 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5519 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5520
5521 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5522 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5523 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5524 /// operations.
5525 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5526 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5527 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5528
5529 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5530 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5531 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5532 /// that must exist.
5533 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5534 return 0;
5535 }
5536
5537 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5538 /// roots.
5539
5540 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5541 /// operand.
5542 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5543 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5544 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5545 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5546 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5547 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5548 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5549 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5550 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5551 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5552 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5553 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5554 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5556 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5557 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5558 return SDValue();
5559 }
5560
5561 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5562 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5563 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5564 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5565 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5566 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5567
5568 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5569 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5570 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5571 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5572 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5573 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5574 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5575 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5576 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5577 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5579 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5580 return SDValue();
5581 }
5582
5583 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5584 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5585 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5586 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5587 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5588 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5589 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5590
5591 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5592 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5594 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5595 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5596 }
5597
5598 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5599 // Legalization utility functions
5600 //
5601
5602 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5603 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5604 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5605 /// in little-endian order.
5606 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5607 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5608 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5609 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5610 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5611 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5612 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5613 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5614 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5615 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5616 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5617
5618 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5619 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5620 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5621 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5622 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5623 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5624 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5625 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5626 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5627 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5628 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5629 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5630 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5631
5632 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using an n/2-bit
5633 /// algorithm. First, attempt to expand the division using a n/2-bit urem by
5634 /// constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant will be
5635 /// expanded by DAGCombiner. As this is not possible for all constant
5636 /// divisors, this method falls back to an implementation of the magic
5637 /// algorithm using n/2-bit operations.
5638 /// \param N Node to expand
5639 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5640 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5641 /// by the remainder parts.
5642 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5643 /// half of VT.
5644 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5645 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5646 /// the LHS.
5647 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5648 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5649 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5650 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5651 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5652 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5653
5654 /// Expand funnel shift.
5655 /// \param N Node to expand
5656 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5657 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5658
5659 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5660 /// \param N Node to expand
5661 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5662 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5663
5664 /// Expand parallel bit extract (compress).
5665 /// \param N Node to expand
5666 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5667 SDValue expandPEXT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5668
5669 /// Expand parallel bit deposit (expand).
5670 /// \param N Node to expand
5671 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5672 SDValue expandPDEP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5673
5674 /// Expand rotations.
5675 /// \param N Node to expand
5676 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5677 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5678 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5679 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5680
5681 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5682 /// \param N Node to expand
5683 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5684 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5685 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5686 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5687
5688 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5689 /// \param N Node to expand
5690 /// \param Result output after conversion
5691 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5692 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5693
5694 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5695 /// \param N Node to expand
5696 /// \param Result output after conversion
5697 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5698 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5699 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5700 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5701
5702 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5703 /// \param N Node to expand
5704 /// \param Result output after conversion
5705 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5706 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5707 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5708 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5709
5710 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5711 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5712
5713 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5714 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5715
5716 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5717 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5718
5719 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5720 /// \param N Node to expand
5721 /// \returns The expansion result
5722 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5723
5724 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5725 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5726 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5727 /// \param Op The value to round.
5728 /// \returns The expansion result
5729 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5730 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5731
5732 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5733 /// \param N Node to expand
5734 /// \returns The expansion result
5735 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5736
5737 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5738 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5739 /// \param Op The tested value.
5740 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5741 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5742 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5743 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5744 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5745 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5746
5747 /// Expand FCANONICALIZE to FMUL with 1.
5748 /// \param NodeNode to expand
5749 /// \returns The expansion result
5750 SDValue expandFCANONICALIZE(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5751
5752 /// Expand CONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5753 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5754 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5755 SDValue expandCONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5756
5757 /// Expand CONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5758 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5759 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5760 SDValue expandCONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node,
5761 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5762
5763 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5764 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5765 /// \param N Node to expand
5766 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5767 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5768
5769 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5770 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5771 /// \param N Node to expand
5772 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5773 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5774
5775 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5776 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5777 /// \param N Node to expand
5778 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5779 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5780
5781 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5782 /// \param N Node to expand
5783 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5784 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5785 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5786
5787 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5788 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5789 /// \param N Node to expand
5790 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5791 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5792
5793 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5794 /// \param N Node to expand
5795 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5796 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5797
5798 /// Expand VECTOR_MATCH nodes.
5799 /// \param N Node to expand
5800 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5801 SDValue expandVectorMatch(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5802
5803 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5804 /// \param N Node to expand
5805 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5806 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5807
5808 /// Expand LOOP_DEPENDENCE_MASK nodes
5809 /// \param N Node to expand
5810 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5811 SDValue expandLoopDependenceMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5812
5813 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5814 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5815 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5816 /// \param N Node to expand
5817 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5818 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5819 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5820 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5821
5822 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5823 /// \param N Node to expand
5824 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5825 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5826
5827 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5828 /// \param N Node to expand
5829 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5830 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5831
5832 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5833 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5834 /// \param N Node to expand
5835 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5836 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5837
5838 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5839 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5840 /// \param N Node to expand
5841 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5842 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5843
5844 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5845 /// \param LD load to expand
5846 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5847 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5848 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5849
5850 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5851 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5852 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5854
5855 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5856 /// possibly more for vectors.
5857 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5858 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5859
5860 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5861 /// possibly more for vectors.
5862 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5863
5864 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
5865 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
5866 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
5867 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
5868 /// in the \p Mask.
5869 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
5870 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
5871 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
5872 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5873 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
5874
5875 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5876 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5877 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5878 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
5879 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5880 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
5881 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
5882 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5883
5884 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5885 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5886 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5887 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
5888 /// location large enough for the vector.
5890 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
5891 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
5894 }
5895
5896 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
5897 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
5898 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
5899 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
5900 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
5901 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
5902 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5903 SDValue
5904 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
5905 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
5906 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5907
5908 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
5909 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5910 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5911
5912 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
5913 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5914 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5915
5916 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
5917 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
5918 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5919
5920 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
5921 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5922 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5923
5924 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
5925 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5926 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5927
5928 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
5929 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5930 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
5931 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
5932 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
5934 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5935
5936 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5937 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5938 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5939 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5940
5941 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5942 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5943 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5944 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5945
5946 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
5947 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5948 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5949 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5950
5951 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
5952 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
5953 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
5954 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5955 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5957 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
5958 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
5959
5960 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
5961 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
5962 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
5963 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5964 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5965 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
5966 SDValue &Hi) const;
5967
5968 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
5969 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
5970 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5971
5972 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
5973 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5974
5975 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
5976 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
5977 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5978
5979 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
5980 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
5981 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5982
5983 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
5984 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
5985 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5986
5987 /// Expand a CTTZ_ELTS or CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON by calculating (VL - i) for
5988 /// each active lane (i), getting the maximum and subtracting it from VL.
5989 SDValue expandCttzElts(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5990
5991 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
5992 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
5993 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5994
5995 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
5996 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
5997 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
5998 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
5999 /// value.
6000 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
6001 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
6003 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
6004
6005 /// Legalize a SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC on the
6006 /// current target.
6007 ///
6008 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
6009 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
6010 /// will be set to false.
6011 ///
6012 /// If the SETCC has been legalized by using getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then
6013 /// the values of LHS and RHS will be swapped, CC will be set to the new
6014 /// condition, and NeedInvert will be set to false.
6015 ///
6016 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode, then LHS and
6017 /// RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode, and
6018 /// NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of the
6019 /// SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to swap
6020 /// the effect of a true/false result.
6021 ///
6022 /// \returns true if the SETCC has been legalized, false if it hasn't.
6023 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
6024 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, bool &NeedInvert,
6025 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue &Chain,
6026 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
6027
6028 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6029 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
6030 //
6031
6032 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6033 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
6034 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
6035 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
6036 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
6037 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
6038 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
6039 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
6040 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
6041 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
6042
6043 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6044 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
6045 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
6046 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
6047 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
6048 SDNode *Node) const;
6049
6050 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
6051 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
6052 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
6053
6055 const SDLoc &DL) const {
6056 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
6057 }
6058
6059 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
6060 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
6061 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6062
6063 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
6064 /// expansion.
6065 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
6066 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
6067 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6068
6069 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
6070 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
6071 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
6072 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
6073 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6074
6075 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
6077 return true;
6078 }
6079
6080 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
6081 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
6082 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6083
6084 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
6085 ///
6086 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
6087 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
6088 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
6089 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
6090 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
6091 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
6092 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
6093 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
6094 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6095
6096protected:
6097 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
6098 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
6099
6100private:
6101 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6102 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6103 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6104 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6105 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6106 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6107
6108 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
6110 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6111 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6112
6113 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
6114 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
6115 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6116 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
6117
6118 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6119 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6120 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6121 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6122 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6123 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6124 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6125
6126 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6127 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6128 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6129 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6130 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6131 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6132 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6133
6134 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUREMDecomposition(
6135 SDNode *N, APInt Divisor, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
6136 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6137
6138 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUMulHiMagic(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
6140 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6141 SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6142};
6143
6144/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
6145/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
6146/// being lowered to memory.
6147LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
6148 AttributeList attr,
6149 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
6150 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
6151
6152} // end namespace llvm
6153
6154#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
return SDValue()
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
unsigned Imm
unsigned uint64_t
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:856
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< ShadowStackGC > C("shadow-stack", "Very portable GC for uncooperative code generators")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:215
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:330
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
const uint64_t BitWidth
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
static Type * getValueType(Value *V, bool LookThroughCmp=false)
Returns the "element type" of the given value/instruction V.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1509
Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:407
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:172
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:320
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:67
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:762
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static LLT integer(unsigned SizeInBits)
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:68
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget or function.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
MCRegisterClass - Base class of TargetRegisterClass.
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneNonDBGUse(Register RegNo) const
hasOneNonDBGUse - Return true if there is exactly one non-Debug use of the specified register.
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:294
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bits of the poi...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node, in exactly one operand.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:56
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue())
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual MVT::SimpleValueType getCmpLibcallReturnType() const
Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
unsigned getMaximumLegalStoreInBits() const
Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable vectors.
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setTruncStoreAction...
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy.
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP immediate natively.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual ExtractSubvectorCost getExtractSubvectorCost(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type ResVT from a vector of type SrcVT,...
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT CCVT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *, const Function *) const
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
ExtractSubvectorCost
Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool shouldIssueAtomicLoadForAtomicEmulationLoop(void) const
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const
Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise RTLIB::Unsupported.
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
virtual bool preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() const
Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken down into legal vector parts i...
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const
Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual unsigned getPreferredShrunkVectorSizeInBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts) const
If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the returned size in bits by c...
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardMixFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:288
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:282
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:257
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:255
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:41
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:275
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:394
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:294
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:524
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:264
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:400
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:863
@ PSEUDO_FMIN
PSEUDO_FMIN is strictly equivalent to op0 olt op1 ?
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:417
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:780
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:407
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:854
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:717
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:374
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:674
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:348
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:706
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:771
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Perform floating-point minimumNumber or maximumNumber on two values,...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:860
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Perform floating-point minimum maximum on two values, following IEEE-754 definition...
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:729
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:413
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:480
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:479
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - NaN-propagating minimum/maximum that also treat -0.0 as less than 0....
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:936
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:741
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:712
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:304
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:683
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:365
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - minimumnum/maximumnum that is same with FMINNUM_IEEE and FMAXNUM_IEEE besid...
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:724
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:58
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition MCSchedule.h:35
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:578
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1759
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
@ Known
Known to have no common set bits.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:134
@ Load
The value being inserted comes from a load (InsertElement only).
@ Store
The extracted value is stored (ExtractElement only).
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:156
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:332
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1604
constexpr bool isPowerOf2_32(uint32_t Value)
Return true if the argument is a power of two > 0.
Definition MathExtras.h:280
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:149
@ Default
-O2, -Os, -Oz
Definition CodeGen.h:152
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
@ Fast
Assign the register banks as fast as possible (default).
LLVM_ABI bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:539
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1617
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1917
ExceptionHandling
Definition CodeGen.h:54
UndefPoisonKind
Enumeration to track whether we are interested in Undef, Poison, or both.
Definition UndefPoison.h:20
static cl::opt< unsigned > CostThreshold("dfa-cost-threshold", cl::desc("Maximum cost accepted for the transformation"), cl::Hidden, cl::init(50))
MCRegisterClass TargetRegisterClass
Definition FastISel.h:58
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:878
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:77
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:145
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:323
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:155
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:266
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:339
bool isFixedLengthVector() const
Definition ValueTypes.h:199
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:176
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:150
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
unsigned getVectorNumElements() const
Given a vector type, return the number of elements it contains.
Definition ValueTypes.h:359
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:106
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmoveWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const
bool isMemmove() const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile)
bool isZeroMemset() const
bool isVolatile() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)